1 #LyX 1.6.0rc1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
837 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 or the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 \begin_inset space ~
10566 as typewriter font.
10567 \begin_inset Newline newline
10570 The differences between roman,
10573 \begin_inset space ~
10582 fonts are explained in section
10583 \begin_inset space ~
10587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10589 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10594 \begin_inset Newline newline
10601 was originally designed for newspapers.
10602 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10603 into the small newspaper columns.
10608 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10611 \begin_layout Itemize
10612 The best solution is to use the
10621 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10626 In most cases they look the same as
10634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10635 One difference is improved kerning for the
10648 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10660 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10663 For the font size there are four possible values:
10680 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 The font sizes are the
10689 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10690 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10691 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10700 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10701 \begin_inset space ~
10705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10707 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10719 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10731 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10732 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10733 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10735 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10738 dialog, see section
10739 \begin_inset space ~
10743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10745 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10757 \begin_layout Subsection
10758 Using Different Character Styles
10762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10783 certain paragraph environments.
10784 LyX supports two character styles,
10793 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10802 style, do one of the following:
10805 \begin_layout Itemize
10806 click on the toolbar button
10807 \begin_inset Graphics
10808 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10815 \begin_layout Itemize
10816 use the key binding
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 These commands are all toggles.
10831 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10834 \begin_layout Standard
10835 One typically uses the
10839 style for proper names.
10841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 is the original author of LyX.
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 A more widely used character style is the
10861 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10868 \begin_layout Itemize
10869 clicking on the toolbar button
10870 \begin_inset Graphics
10871 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10878 \begin_layout Itemize
10879 using the keybindings
10882 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10893 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10894 es use a different font.
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 We've been using the
10902 style all over the place in this document.
10903 Here's one more example:
10906 \begin_layout Quotation
10909 Don't overuse character styles!
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10913 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10914 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10915 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10916 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10924 \begin_inset space ~
10931 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10933 \begin_inset space ~
10941 \begin_layout Subsection
10942 Fine-Tuning with the
10947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10949 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10966 \begin_layout Standard
10967 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10968 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10969 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10970 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10971 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10972 from ordinary dialog.
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10976 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10977 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10978 \begin_inset Newline newline
10981 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10982 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10985 \begin_layout Standard
10986 To use custom character styles, open the
10988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 \begin_inset space ~
10996 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10997 font property which you can choose.
10998 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11001 \begin_inset space ~
11006 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11011 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11012 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11013 environments in a snap.
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11017 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11032 \begin_layout Labeling
11033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 The possible options are:
11051 \begin_layout Labeling
11052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11057 This is the Roman font family.
11058 Normally a serif font.
11059 It's also the default family.
11064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11076 \begin_inset space ~
11085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11093 \begin_inset Note Note
11096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11097 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11098 It is explained in section
11099 \begin_inset space ~
11103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11105 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11117 \begin_layout Labeling
11118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11122 \begin_inset space ~
11129 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 \begin_inset space ~
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11167 \begin_layout Labeling
11168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11175 This is the Typewriter font family.
11182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11194 \begin_inset space ~
11203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 \begin_layout Labeling
11217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11222 This corresponds to the print weight.
11227 \begin_layout Labeling
11228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11233 This is the Medium font series.
11234 It's also the default series.
11237 \begin_layout Labeling
11238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 This is the Bold font series.
11252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11264 \begin_inset space ~
11273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11284 \begin_layout Labeling
11285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11290 As the name implies.
11295 \begin_layout Labeling
11296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11301 This is the Upright font shape.
11302 It's also the default shape.
11305 \begin_layout Labeling
11306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11320 s the Italic font shape
11326 \begin_layout Labeling
11327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11334 This is the Slanted font shape
11336 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11339 \begin_layout Labeling
11340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11351 This is the Small caps font shape
11358 \begin_layout Labeling
11359 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11364 Alters the size of the font.
11365 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11366 nal to the document font size.
11367 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11368 what you want to do.
11373 \begin_layout Labeling
11374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11408 \begin_inset space ~
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11459 \begin_layout Labeling
11460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_inset space ~
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11513 \begin_layout Labeling
11514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 \begin_inset space ~
11557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 \begin_inset space ~
11589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 \begin_inset space ~
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11700 It's also the default size.
11705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11749 \begin_inset space ~
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11803 \begin_inset space ~
11812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 \begin_inset space ~
11844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11889 \begin_inset space ~
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11921 \begin_inset space ~
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11940 \begin_layout Labeling
11941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11975 \begin_inset space ~
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12061 \begin_inset space ~
12070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12115 \begin_inset space ~
12124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12147 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12167 \begin_layout Standard
12172 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12173 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12174 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12175 - use that instead.
12176 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12190 \begin_layout Labeling
12191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12198 This is text with emphasize on
12201 This might seem like the same as
12205 , but it is actually a bit different.
12211 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12213 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12216 \begin_layout Labeling
12217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12224 This is text with Underbar on.
12231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12243 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12262 \begin_inset Newline newline
12267 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12268 when you couldn't change fonts.
12269 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12270 It's only included in LyX because some people
12274 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12277 \begin_layout Labeling
12278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 This is text with Noun on.
12292 , this is a logical attribute.
12293 Normally it's equivalent to
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12305 \begin_layout Labeling
12306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12311 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12312 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12316 \begin_inset space ~
12321 , which is the default
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 and means normally black, you can choose between
12365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12374 \begin_layout Labeling
12375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12380 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12381 the language of the document.
12382 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12386 \begin_layout Standard
12387 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12388 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12392 \begin_inset space ~
12397 dialog, the settings are saved.
12398 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12399 \begin_inset Graphics
12400 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12405 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12406 when the dialog isn't visible.
12410 \begin_layout Standard
12411 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12414 \begin_inset space ~
12420 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12421 (suppose you just set the shape to
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12452 \begin_layout Standard
12453 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12473 \begin_layout Itemize
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12486 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12504 \begin_inset Newline newline
12511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12536 \begin_inset Note Note
12539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12540 For more on phantoms see section
12541 \begin_inset space ~
12545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12547 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12557 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 \begin_layout Itemize
12568 fonts use characters with serifs.
12569 These are the small
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12577 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12578 The following example will show the difference:
12579 \begin_inset Newline newline
12583 \begin_inset Newline newline
12588 text without serifs
12591 \begin_inset Newline newline
12594 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12595 They are therefore used as default font (named
12602 \begin_layout Itemize
12608 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12609 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12614 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12617 \begin_layout Section
12618 Printing and Previewing
12621 \begin_layout Subsection
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12626 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12627 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12628 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12629 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12630 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12633 \begin_inset space ~
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12643 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12644 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12645 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12646 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12647 This happens in two stages:
12650 \begin_layout Enumerate
12651 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12652 generating a file with the extension,
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12667 \begin_layout Enumerate
12668 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12672 file to produce printable output.
12676 \begin_layout Subsection
12677 Output file formats
12681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12690 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 File formats ! ASCII
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 This file type has the extension
12713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12725 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12729 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12752 File formats ! LaTeX
12760 \begin_layout Standard
12761 This file type has the extension
12762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12775 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12776 it manually with console commands.
12777 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12778 you view or export your document.
12781 \begin_layout Standard
12782 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12784 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12785 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817 This file type has the extension
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12839 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12840 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12842 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12855 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12856 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12861 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12862 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12863 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12864 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12868 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12870 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12871 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12883 File formats ! PostScript
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 This file type has the extension
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12905 PostScript was developed by the company
12909 as printer language.
12910 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12912 PostScript can be seen as
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 programming language
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12925 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12935 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12945 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12948 \begin_layout Standard
12949 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12953 Encapsulated PostScript
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 (EPS, file extension
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12971 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12972 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12973 whenever you view or export your document.
12974 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12975 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12976 EPS to avoid this problem.
12979 \begin_layout Standard
12980 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12982 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12983 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13014 This file type has the extension
13015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 Portable Document Format
13032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13035 (PDF) is developed by
13039 as derivative from PostScript.
13040 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13050 looks exactly the same.
13053 \begin_layout Standard
13054 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 (JPG, file extension
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13090 Portable Network Graphics
13091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13094 (PNG, file extension
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13107 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13108 in the background to one of these formats.
13109 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13110 will slow down your workflow.
13111 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13117 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13120 in three different ways:
13123 \begin_layout Description
13124 PDF This uses the program
13128 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13129 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13133 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13134 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13137 \begin_layout Description
13139 \begin_inset space ~
13142 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13146 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13150 \begin_layout Description
13152 \begin_inset space ~
13155 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13159 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13162 \begin_layout Standard
13163 We recommend to use
13166 \begin_inset space ~
13175 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13181 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13184 \begin_layout Subsection
13189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13198 \begin_layout Standard
13199 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13200 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13204 and choose a file type.
13205 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13208 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13211 you can use the toolbar button
13212 \begin_inset Graphics
13213 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13223 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13225 \begin_inset space ~
13231 \begin_inset Graphics
13232 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13238 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13242 \begin_inset Graphics
13243 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13254 \begin_layout Standard
13255 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13256 viewer window using the menu
13258 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13267 To have a real output, export your document.
13270 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 Printing the File from within LyX
13272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13274 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13281 \begin_layout Standard
13282 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13283 it directly from within LyX.
13284 To print a file, select the menu
13286 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13289 or click on the toolbar button
13290 \begin_inset Graphics
13291 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13296 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13297 This file is then processed by the program
13301 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13306 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13309 \begin_layout Standard
13310 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13311 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13312 printing one set to print on the other side.
13313 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13314 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13315 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 You can set the parameters in the
13322 \begin_inset space ~
13330 \begin_layout Labeling
13331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13336 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 Note that this printer name is for the program
13350 has to be configured for this printer name.
13351 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13352 \begin_inset space ~
13356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13358 reference "sub:Printer"
13367 The printer should understand PostScript.
13370 \begin_layout Labeling
13371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13376 The name of a file to print to.
13377 The output will be a PostScript file.
13378 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13382 \begin_layout Section
13383 A few Words about Typography
13387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 \begin_layout Subsection
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13430 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13445 \begin_layout Enumerate
13447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13469 \begin_layout Enumerate
13471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_layout Enumerate
13508 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13512 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13556 \begin_layout Enumerate
13558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13562 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13585 You generate them by inserting the
13586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13597 character multiple times in a row.
13598 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13599 final output, but not in LyX.
13602 \begin_layout Standard
13603 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13604 math mode and has a length of its own.
13605 Here are some examples of the
13606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13620 \begin_layout Enumerate
13621 line- and page-breaks
13622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13632 \begin_layout Enumerate
13634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13644 \begin_layout Enumerate
13645 Oh --- there's a dash.
13646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13656 \begin_layout Enumerate
13657 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13671 \begin_layout Subsection
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13685 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13694 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13703 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13708 following the rules of the document language
13712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13713 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13721 \begin_inset space ~
13725 \begin_inset space ~
13732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13749 and with unusual constructs, like
13750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13758 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13759 This is done with the menu
13761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13762 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13764 \begin_inset space ~
13770 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13771 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13776 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13777 a hyphen and a space in the form
13778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13786 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13794 as hyphenation possibility.
13795 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13796 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13797 of the LaTeX-box-command
13803 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13804 As LyX doesn't support
13810 , we have to use TeX Code.
13811 The result looks in LyX like:
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 \begin_inset Graphics
13816 filename clipart/mbox.png
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13824 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13825 \begin_inset space ~
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13831 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13838 \begin_layout Subsection
13843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13853 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13856 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13865 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13866 LaTeX then adds the
13867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 appropriate amount of space
13871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13877 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13880 \begin_layout Standard
13881 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13895 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13896 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 Here are some examples of
13904 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13907 \begin_layout Itemize
13912 \begin_layout Itemize
13917 \begin_layout Standard
13918 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13921 \begin_layout Itemize
13924 this is too much space!
13927 \begin_layout Itemize
13932 \begin_layout Standard
13933 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13937 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13940 \begin_layout Enumerate
13944 \begin_inset space ~
13949 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13956 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13965 Spaces ! inter-word
13973 \begin_layout Enumerate
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13982 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13983 \begin_inset space ~
13987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13989 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14006 \begin_layout Enumerate
14010 \begin_inset space ~
14014 \begin_inset space ~
14018 \begin_inset space ~
14025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14027 \begin_inset space ~
14032 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14033 This function is also bound to
14040 \begin_layout Standard
14041 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14044 \begin_layout Itemize
14046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14050 \begin_inset space \space{}
14053 this is too much space!
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14057 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14063 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14064 LaTeX will care about this.
14067 \begin_layout Standard
14068 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14072 \begin_inset space ~
14077 feature described in section
14088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 Typography ! Quotes
14103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14142 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14143 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14144 and use a closing quote at the end.
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 The keyboard character,
14158 , generates this automatically.
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14162 You can change the behavior of the
14166 key using the submenu
14172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14180 Document ! Settings
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14189 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14194 There are six choices:
14197 \begin_layout Labeling
14198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14210 Use quotes like this
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 \begin_inset Quotes els
14223 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14229 \begin_layout Labeling
14230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14233 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14243 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14247 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14251 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14257 \begin_layout Labeling
14258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14261 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14265 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14271 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14275 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14279 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14283 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14289 \begin_layout Labeling
14290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14293 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14297 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14303 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14307 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14311 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14315 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14321 \begin_layout Labeling
14322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14325 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14329 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14335 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14339 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14343 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14347 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14353 \begin_layout Labeling
14354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14357 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14361 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14367 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14371 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14375 \begin_inset Quotes als
14379 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 These settings affects what character the
14393 \begin_layout Subsection
14398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 Typography ! Ligatures
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14439 name "sub:Ligatures"
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14447 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14448 print them as single characters.
14449 These groups are known as
14454 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14456 Here are the standard ligatures:
14459 \begin_layout Itemize
14463 \begin_layout Itemize
14467 \begin_layout Itemize
14471 \begin_layout Itemize
14475 \begin_layout Itemize
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14484 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14485 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14509 To break a ligature, use
14511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14532 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 \begin_layout Subsection
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14571 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14579 You have surely noticed, that the word
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14587 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14588 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14589 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_inset Note Note
14612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14622 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14627 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14631 \begin_layout Description
14632 LyX The name of the game, write
14633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_layout Description
14655 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 \begin_layout Description
14678 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 \begin_layout Description
14701 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14738 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14739 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14742 : The actual version is
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14750 , the previous one was
14751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14762 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14763 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14765 This will look in LyX like:
14766 \begin_inset Graphics
14767 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14772 \begin_inset Newline newline
14775 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14782 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14789 \begin_layout Subsection
14794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14805 space between two words.
14806 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14816 for units use the menu
14818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14819 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834 Here's an example to show the differences:
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14838 \begin_inset Tabular
14839 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14841 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14842 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 \begin_inset space ~
14853 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14865 space between number and unit
14872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14881 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14893 half space between number and unit
14906 \begin_layout Subsection
14911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14912 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14928 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14930 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14931 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14932 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14933 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14934 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14935 These bits of text became known as
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14948 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14949 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14950 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14951 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14952 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14953 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14957 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14958 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14959 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14966 key "latexcompanion"
14971 \begin_inset space ~
14975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14981 ] may have more information.
14982 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14985 \begin_layout Chapter
14986 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14989 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14996 \begin_layout Standard
14997 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15002 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15005 \begin_layout Section
15010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15030 \begin_layout Description
15032 \begin_inset space ~
15035 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Note
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15053 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15054 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15056 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15057 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15058 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15061 \begin_inset Newline newline
15065 \begin_inset Note Comment
15068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15077 \begin_layout Description
15079 \begin_inset space ~
15082 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15083 \begin_inset Newline newline
15087 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15100 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15101 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15102 How this can be done is explained in the
15111 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15117 \begin_inset Newline newline
15121 \begin_inset Newline newline
15124 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15125 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15130 \begin_inset Graphics
15131 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15133 scaleBeforeRotation
15139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15146 \begin_layout Section
15151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15160 name "sec:Footnotes"
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15174 or the toolbar button
15175 \begin_inset Graphics
15176 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15189 \begin_inset Graphics
15190 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15199 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15228 label, the box will
15232 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15233 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15246 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15263 Here's an example footnote:
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15281 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15282 position where the footnote box is placed.
15283 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15284 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15285 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15286 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15287 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15292 ey are described in the
15299 \begin_layout Section
15304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15313 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15322 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15326 \begin_inset space ~
15331 or the toolbar button
15332 \begin_inset Graphics
15333 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15360 appearing within your text.
15361 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15371 At the side is an example marginal note.
15375 \begin_inset Marginal
15378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15379 This is a marginal note.
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15388 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15389 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15390 pages, right on odd pages.
15393 \begin_layout Section
15394 Graphics and Images
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15417 name "sec:Graphics"
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15425 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15426 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15427 \begin_inset Graphics
15428 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15438 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15442 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15447 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15448 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15450 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15451 \begin_inset space ~
15455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15457 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15464 \begin_layout Standard
15469 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15470 of the image in the output.
15471 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15501 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15502 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15513 LaTeX and LyX options
15515 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15516 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15520 \begin_inset space ~
15525 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15526 with the image size is printed.
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15534 \begin_inset space ~
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15543 is explained in the
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15555 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15556 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15558 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15564 \begin_inset Graphics
15565 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15567 rotateOrigin center
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15575 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15576 the image into a float, see section
15577 \begin_inset space ~
15581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15583 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15590 \begin_layout Subsection
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15604 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15612 You can insert images in any known file format.
15613 But as we explained in section
15614 \begin_inset space ~
15618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15620 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15624 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15625 LyX uses therefore the program
15629 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15630 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15631 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15632 \begin_inset space ~
15636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15638 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15646 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15649 \begin_layout Description
15651 \begin_inset space ~
15654 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15655 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15656 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15660 Graphics Interchange Format
15661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15664 (GIF, file extension
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15712 Portable Network Graphics
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 (PNG, file extension
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 (JPG, file extension
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_layout Description
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15832 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15834 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15835 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15836 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15837 \begin_inset Newline newline
15840 Scalable image formats can be
15841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15844 Scalable Vector Graphics
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15848 (SVG, file extension
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15896 Encapsulated PostScript
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 (EPS, file extension
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 Portable Document Format
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15952 (PDF, file extension
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15976 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15977 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15996 \begin_layout Subsection
15997 Grouping of Image Settings
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 Images ! Settings grouping
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16011 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16013 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16014 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16016 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16017 need to manually change each of them.
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16022 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16025 \begin_inset space ~
16029 \begin_inset space ~
16034 field in the Graphics dialog.
16035 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16036 by checking the name of the desired group.
16039 \begin_layout Section
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16060 \begin_layout Standard
16061 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16062 \begin_inset Graphics
16063 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16074 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16075 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16076 from the rest of the table.
16077 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16078 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16080 Here's an example table:
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16085 \begin_inset Tabular
16086 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 \begin_layout Subsection
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16297 brings up the table dialog.
16298 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16299 where the cursor is placed currently.
16300 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16301 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16302 done on all of your selection.
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16306 Additionally to the table dialog the
16309 \begin_inset space ~
16314 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16316 It is for example currently only possible to add
16317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16324 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16331 \begin_inset space ~
16336 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16337 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16338 current cell respectively.
16339 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16341 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16342 of text, see section
16343 \begin_inset space ~
16347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16349 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16363 This will merge the cells to
16367 cell, spread over more than one column.
16368 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16369 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16370 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16371 in the last row without the upper border:
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16376 \begin_inset Tabular
16377 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16378 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16380 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16514 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16515 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16516 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16517 explained in the tables section of the
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16526 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16527 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16530 degrees counterclockwise.
16531 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16534 \begin_layout Standard
16535 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 Most DVI-viewers are
16547 able to display rotations.
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16560 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16565 adds lines for all cell borders.
16568 \begin_layout Subsection
16573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 Tables ! Longtables
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16593 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16600 \begin_inset space ~
16609 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16610 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16613 \begin_layout Description
16618 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16619 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16620 except for the first page, if
16623 \begin_inset space ~
16631 \begin_layout Description
16635 \begin_inset space ~
16640 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16641 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16644 \begin_layout Description
16649 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16650 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16651 except for the last page, if
16654 \begin_inset space ~
16662 \begin_layout Description
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16671 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16672 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16675 \begin_layout Description
16676 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16677 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16683 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16686 \begin_inset space ~
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16695 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16696 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16697 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16698 The others will then be defined as
16703 In this context, first means first in this order:
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16718 \begin_inset space ~
16724 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16729 \begin_inset Tabular
16730 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16731 <features islongtable="true">
16732 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16733 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16734 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16735 <row endfirsthead="true">
16736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <row endfirsthead="true">
16767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <row endhead="true">
16800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <row endhead="true">
16831 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <row endfoot="true">
16864 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <row endlastfoot="true">
18846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 \begin_layout Subsection
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18897 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18905 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18906 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18907 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18908 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18912 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18913 for the cell's paragraph.
18916 \begin_layout Standard
18917 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18918 for the column in the table dialog.
18919 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18920 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18926 \begin_inset Tabular
18927 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18930 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 This is longer now.
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19133 This is longer now.
19138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 \begin_layout Standard
19165 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19166 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19172 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19178 Selection with the mouse or with
19182 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19183 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19184 the selection from outside the table.
19187 \begin_layout Section
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19208 \begin_layout Standard
19209 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19210 have a fixed location.
19212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19219 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19227 \begin_inset space ~
19232 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19233 too much notes at the page.
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19237 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19238 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19239 and pages without text.
19240 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19241 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19242 Floats are therefore numbered.
19243 Referencing is described in section
19244 \begin_inset space ~
19248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19250 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19257 \begin_layout Standard
19258 To insert a float, use the menu
19260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19264 A box with a caption that has e.
19265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19269 \begin_inset space ~
19273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19277 \begin_inset space ~
19281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19284 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19285 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19287 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19297 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19298 paragraph within the float.
19299 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19300 by left-clicking on the box label.
19301 A closed float box looks like this:
19302 \begin_inset Graphics
19303 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19308 -- a gray button with a red label.
19311 \begin_layout Standard
19312 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19313 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19316 \begin_layout Subsection
19320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 Floats ! Figure floats
19332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19334 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19345 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19348 inserts a float with the label
19349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19355 \begin_inset space ~
19361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19365 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19366 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19367 This is what we did for Figure
19368 \begin_inset space ~
19372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19374 reference "cap:Platypus"
19379 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19380 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19381 This was done in Figure
19382 \begin_inset space ~
19386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19388 reference "cap:Escher"
19395 \begin_layout Standard
19396 \begin_inset Float figure
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 \begin_inset Graphics
19404 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19406 rotateOrigin center
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 \begin_inset Caption
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19419 name "cap:Platypus"
19423 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19436 \begin_layout Standard
19437 \begin_inset Float figure
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 \begin_inset Caption
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 \begin_inset Graphics
19464 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19466 rotateOrigin center
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19479 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19481 As described in section
19482 \begin_inset space ~
19486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19488 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19492 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19497 and refer to it using the menu
19499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19503 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19512 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19524 \begin_layout Standard
19525 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19526 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19527 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19528 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19530 \begin_inset space ~
19534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19536 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19540 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19541 You can also set the images one below the other.
19543 \begin_inset space ~
19547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19549 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19556 reference "fig:Platypus"
19560 are the subfigures.
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19564 \begin_inset Float figure
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19574 \begin_inset Float figure
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset Caption
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19585 name "fig:Undefinable"
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 \begin_inset Graphics
19599 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19614 \begin_inset Float figure
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 \begin_inset Caption
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19625 name "fig:Platypus"
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 \begin_inset Graphics
19639 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19651 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset Caption
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19663 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19667 Two distorted images.
19680 \begin_layout Standard
19681 Note that the caption is added to the
19684 \begin_inset space ~
19688 \begin_inset space ~
19693 as described in section
19694 \begin_inset space ~
19698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19700 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19707 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 Floats ! Table floats
19719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19721 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19728 \begin_layout Standard
19729 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19732 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19736 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19739 \begin_inset space ~
19743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19745 reference "cap:Table-float"
19749 is an example of a table float.
19752 \begin_layout Standard
19753 \begin_inset Float table
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 \begin_inset Caption
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19764 name "cap:Table-float"
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 \begin_inset Tabular
19779 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19931 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19933 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19989 \begin_layout Standard
19990 This float type is inserted with the menu
19992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19993 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19997 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19998 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20002 , described in section
20003 \begin_inset space ~
20007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20009 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20016 \begin_layout Standard
20017 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20031 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20034 \begin_layout Standard
20039 floatname{algorithm}{your
20040 \begin_inset space ~
20046 \begin_layout Standard
20047 to the document preamble (menu
20049 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20056 \begin_inset space ~
20062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20090 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20097 \begin_layout Standard
20098 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20106 \begin_inset Graphics
20107 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20109 rotateOrigin center
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_inset Caption
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20122 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20126 This is a wrapped figure.
20127 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20140 This float type is used if you want to
20141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20148 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20150 It can be inserted using the menu
20152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20153 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20155 \begin_inset space ~
20160 if the LaTeX-package
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20179 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20182 \begin_inset space ~
20192 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20195 \begin_inset space ~
20199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20201 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20205 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 Available units are explained in Appendix
20215 \begin_inset space ~
20219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20221 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20230 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20234 \begin_layout Standard
20235 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20244 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20245 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20246 over some other text.
20254 \begin_layout Itemize
20255 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20256 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20257 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20258 breaks will appear.
20261 \begin_layout Itemize
20262 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20263 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20266 \begin_layout Itemize
20267 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20268 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20271 \begin_layout Itemize
20272 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20275 \begin_layout Subsection
20277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20279 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20298 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20302 \begin_inset space ~
20310 \begin_layout Standard
20311 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20312 have a multi-column document).
20313 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20316 \begin_inset space ~
20322 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20323 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20330 \begin_layout Standard
20331 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20332 format is also the same: Table
20333 \begin_inset space ~
20337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20339 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20343 is an example of a rotated table float.
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20363 \begin_layout Standard
20364 \begin_inset Float table
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20370 \begin_inset Caption
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20375 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 \begin_inset Tabular
20390 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 \begin_layout Subsection
20458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20460 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 \begin_layout Standard
20478 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20479 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20480 \begin_inset Newline newline
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20491 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20492 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20494 \begin_inset Newline newline
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20505 is used to rotate floats, see section
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20512 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20519 \begin_layout Standard
20520 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20521 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_layout Description
20538 \begin_inset space ~
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20545 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20548 \begin_layout Description
20550 \begin_inset space ~
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20557 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20560 \begin_layout Description
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20569 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20572 \begin_layout Description
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_inset space ~
20581 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 The order of the above option is
20590 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20606 \begin_inset space ~
20610 \begin_inset space ~
20615 , and then the others.
20616 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20618 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20619 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 By default, each options has its own rules:
20626 \begin_layout Standard
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20639 only floats occupying less than 70
20640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20643 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20650 \begin_inset space ~
20654 \begin_inset space ~
20659 : only floats occupying less than 30
20660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20663 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20670 \begin_inset space ~
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20679 : only if more than 50
20680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20683 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20687 \begin_layout Standard
20688 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20706 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20707 For this case you can use the option
20710 \begin_inset space ~
20716 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20718 Because the float is then no longer able to
20719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20726 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20730 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20731 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20737 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20739 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20746 \begin_layout Section
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20760 name "sec:Minipages"
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20770 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20771 \begin_inset space ~
20778 \begin_layout Standard
20779 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20785 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20786 and its alignment within the page.
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20791 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20800 height_special "totalheight"
20803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 This is a minipage.
20807 The text is set in an italic style.
20810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20814 another formatting.
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20823 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20826 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20830 as described in section
20831 \begin_inset space ~
20835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20837 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20842 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20849 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20858 height_special "totalheight"
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20863 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20869 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20873 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20882 height_special "totalheight"
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20887 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20902 \begin_layout Standard
20903 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20904 to other box types.
20905 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20916 \begin_layout Chapter
20917 Mathematical Formulas
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20962 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20975 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20978 \begin_layout Section
20983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20992 \begin_layout Standard
20993 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20994 \begin_inset Graphics
20995 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21000 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21002 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21003 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21004 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21012 \begin_layout Standard
21013 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21017 \begin_inset space ~
21022 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21025 \begin_layout Standard
21026 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21027 line, like this one:
21030 \begin_layout Standard
21031 This is a line with an inline formula
21032 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21041 \begin_inset Formula \[
21046 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21066 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21067 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21071 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21074 \begin_inset space ~
21082 \begin_layout Subsection
21083 Navigating in Formulas
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21097 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21098 achieved with the arrow keys.
21099 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21100 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21105 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21106 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21110 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21114 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21116 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21124 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21129 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21130 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21133 \begin_layout Standard
21138 , printed in this document as
21139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21160 \begin_inset Note Note
21163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21165 space character (visible space).
21170 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21171 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21172 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21177 For example, if you want
21178 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 , since in the latter case only the
21235 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21240 will be under the square root sign:
21241 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21248 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21250 \begin_inset Formula \[
21251 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21254 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21258 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21259 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21262 \begin_layout Subsection
21266 \begin_layout Standard
21267 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21268 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21272 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21273 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21274 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21275 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21276 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21279 \begin_layout Subsection
21280 Exponents and Subscripts
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21303 \begin_layout Standard
21304 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21305 way is to use a command.
21307 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21310 , type in a formula
21316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21338 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21342 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21363 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21372 , you have to use an extra
21376 to separate the hat and the character.
21379 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 Subscripts are similar: To get
21401 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_layout Subsection
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 Create a fraction with either the command
21446 \begin_inset Graphics
21447 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21455 \begin_inset space ~
21461 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21462 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21463 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21468 To move back up, press
21473 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21474 \begin_inset Formula \[
21475 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21477 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21484 \begin_layout Subsection
21489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21499 Roots can be created using the
21502 \begin_inset space ~
21508 \begin_inset Graphics
21509 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21532 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21538 produces always a square root.
21541 \begin_layout Subsection
21542 Operators with Limits
21546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21565 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21572 \begin_layout Standard
21574 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21578 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21581 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21582 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21583 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21584 The sum operator will automatically place its
21585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21592 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21595 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21599 \begin_inset Formula \[
21600 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21604 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21608 \begin_layout Standard
21609 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21611 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21612 behind the operator and hitting
21618 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21619 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21621 \begin_inset space ~
21625 \begin_inset space ~
21633 \begin_layout Standard
21634 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21642 feature as addition, such as
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21653 \begin_inset Formula \[
21654 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21658 which will place the
21659 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21671 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21672 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21679 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21686 Have a look at section
21687 \begin_inset space ~
21691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21693 reference "sub:Functions"
21697 for an explanation of function macros.
21700 \begin_layout Subsection
21705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714 \begin_layout Standard
21715 Most math symbols can be found in the
21718 \begin_inset space ~
21723 under one of several categories; including
21740 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21746 you don't have to use the
21749 \begin_inset space ~
21754 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21755 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21758 \begin_layout Subsection
21763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21772 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21779 \begin_layout Standard
21780 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21789 \begin_inset space ~
21795 \begin_inset Graphics
21796 filename ../images/math/space.png
21801 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21802 Here a example for the sequence
21807 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21811 \begin_inset Graphics
21812 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21817 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21818 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21819 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21820 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21825 \begin_layout Standard
21835 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21841 \begin_layout Standard
21851 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21857 \begin_layout Subsection
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21871 name "sub:Functions"
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21882 \begin_inset space ~
21887 contains under the button
21888 \begin_inset Graphics
21889 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21893 a number of functions, such as
21894 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21898 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21906 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21913 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21914 avoid confusions, because
21915 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21919 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21928 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21932 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21940 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21941 \begin_inset space ~
21945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21947 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21954 \begin_layout Subsection
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21969 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21971 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21972 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21974 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21977 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21978 Our example is entered by typing
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21999 \begin_inset space ~
22003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22005 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22009 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22012 \begin_layout Standard
22013 \begin_inset Float table
22018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 \begin_inset Caption
22021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22024 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22028 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22038 \begin_inset Tabular
22039 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22559 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22604 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22626 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22635 \begin_inset Graphics
22636 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22640 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22644 \begin_layout Section
22645 Brackets and Delimiters
22649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22668 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22676 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22677 For most purposes, using just the keys
22682 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22683 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22686 \begin_inset space ~
22692 \begin_inset Graphics
22693 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22698 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22700 \begin_inset Formula \[
22701 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22703 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22707 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22708 \begin_inset Formula \[
22709 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22716 \begin_layout Standard
22717 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22718 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22722 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22723 left side and right side.
22724 If you use the option
22727 \begin_inset space ~
22732 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22733 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22734 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22735 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22738 \begin_layout Standard
22739 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22740 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22741 inside the brackets.
22742 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22747 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22750 \begin_layout Standard
22751 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22762 \begin_layout Section
22767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22776 name "sec:Grouping"
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22784 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22785 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22796 \begin_layout Standard
22797 \begin_inset Formula \[
22798 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22805 \begin_layout Standard
22806 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22821 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22822 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22823 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22826 \begin_layout Section
22827 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22852 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22864 \begin_inset space ~
22870 \begin_inset Graphics
22871 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22876 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22877 Here is an example:
22878 \begin_inset Formula \[
22879 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22882 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22886 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22887 \begin_inset space ~
22891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22893 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22898 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22899 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22900 This alignment is set in the box
22905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22953 for every column as default.
22954 For example, the sequence
22955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22966 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22967 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22968 corresponds to the relevant column.
22969 The result will look like this:
22970 \begin_inset Formula \[
22972 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22973 column & has & has\, right\\
22974 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22982 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22986 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22987 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22995 \begin_layout Standard
22996 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22997 It can be created with the menu
22999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23000 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23002 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_inset Formula \[
23019 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23026 \begin_layout Standard
23027 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23030 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23038 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23047 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23055 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23056 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23057 A new row is created by every further hit of
23065 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23066 Here is an example:
23067 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23068 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23069 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23073 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23074 where you want to start the shift and hit
23079 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23080 position to the next column.
23081 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23082 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23083 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23084 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23091 \begin_layout Standard
23092 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23099 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23100 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23103 reference "eq:asquared"
23108 The other types are described in section
23109 \begin_inset space ~
23113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23115 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23122 \begin_layout Section
23123 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23128 Math ! Formula numbering
23137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23138 Math ! Referencing formulas
23144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23146 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23156 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23157 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23159 \begin_inset space ~
23167 \begin_inset space ~
23173 The formula number appears in LyX as
23174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23181 within parentheses.
23183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23190 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23192 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23193 the document class.
23194 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23195 separated by a dot:
23196 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23197 1+1=2\end{equation}
23204 \begin_inset space ~
23209 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23210 You can only number displayed formulas.
23213 \begin_layout Standard
23214 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23216 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23217 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23219 \begin_inset space ~
23223 \begin_inset space ~
23227 \begin_inset space ~
23235 \begin_inset space ~
23240 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23241 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23243 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23244 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23248 To number all lines use the shortcut
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23260 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23263 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23264 A label is inserted with the menu
23266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23269 when the cursor is in the formula.
23270 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23271 It is recommended to use the proposed
23272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23283 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23284 type when you have many labels in your document.
23285 We inserted in the following example the label
23286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23293 in the second line:
23294 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23295 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23296 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23300 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23301 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23311 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23315 \begin_inset space ~
23321 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23322 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23323 as the formula number:
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23330 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23337 \begin_layout Standard
23338 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23339 \begin_inset space ~
23343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23345 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23350 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23356 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23369 \begin_layout Section
23370 User defined math macros
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23383 name "sec:math-macros"
23390 \begin_layout Standard
23391 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23392 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23393 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23395 \begin_inset Newline newline
23398 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23399 \begin_inset Formula \[
23400 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23404 The general form of its solution is:
23405 \begin_inset Formula \[
23406 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23413 \begin_layout Standard
23414 The macro should print the parameters
23415 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23419 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23423 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23426 like in the equation above.
23429 \begin_layout Standard
23430 A macro is created by executing the command
23433 \begin_layout Standard
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 \begin_inset space ~
23467 \begin_inset space ~
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23474 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23475 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23476 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23477 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 We have three arguments and name the macro
23483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23490 , so that the command is:
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23526 This results in the following macro definition box:
23527 \begin_inset Graphics
23528 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23533 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23534 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23535 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23539 \begin_inset Note Note
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23544 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23552 \begin_layout Standard
23553 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23554 the math panel or commands.
23555 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23556 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23567 for the first argument.
23568 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23569 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23570 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23571 in LyX with its full size.
23572 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23573 In our example we insert the sequence
23574 \begin_inset Newline newline
23602 \begin_inset Newline newline
23607 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23610 \begin_layout Standard
23611 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23626 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23631 \begin_inset Graphics
23632 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23641 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23642 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23643 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23644 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23649 to the new definition.
23650 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23651 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23655 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23659 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23663 \begin_inset Formula \[
23671 \begin_layout Standard
23672 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23690 \begin_inset Newline newline
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23726 \begin_layout Standard
23727 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23728 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23729 definition box in your document.
23730 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23732 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23734 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23739 \begin_layout Section
23743 \begin_layout Subsection
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23757 \begin_layout Standard
23758 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23759 To set a font in a formula, use the
23762 \begin_inset space ~
23768 \begin_inset Graphics
23769 filename ../images/math/font.png
23773 , or enter its command, listed in table
23774 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23780 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23787 \begin_layout Standard
23788 \begin_inset Float table
23793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 \begin_inset Caption
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23799 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23803 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23813 \begin_inset Tabular
23814 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23849 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23876 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23903 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23936 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23963 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23990 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24024 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24051 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24085 \begin_layout Standard
24086 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24112 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24117 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24118 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24119 Here an example where a
24120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24131 denotes the set of numbers:
24132 \begin_inset Formula \[
24133 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24140 \begin_layout Standard
24141 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24152 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24156 \begin_inset Newline newline
24159 So better don't use this feature.
24162 \begin_layout Standard
24163 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24164 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24168 \begin_inset Newline newline
24171 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24177 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24178 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24191 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24194 \begin_layout Standard
24195 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24198 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24200 \begin_inset space ~
24208 \begin_layout Subsection
24213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24222 \begin_layout Standard
24223 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24225 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24229 \begin_inset space ~
24233 \begin_inset space ~
24241 \begin_inset space ~
24247 \begin_inset Graphics
24248 filename ../images/math/font.png
24252 (alternatively the shortcut
24255 \begin_inset space ~
24261 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24262 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24263 Here is an example:
24264 \begin_inset Formula \[
24266 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24267 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24274 \begin_layout Subsection
24279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24288 \begin_layout Standard
24289 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24290 automatically chosen in most situations.
24308 For most characters,
24316 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24317 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24322 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24323 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24324 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24325 \begin_inset Graphics
24326 filename ../images/math/style.png
24331 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24332 For example, you can set
24333 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24336 , which is normally in
24345 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24349 The four styles are used in the following example:
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24353 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24357 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24361 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24365 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24373 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24377 \begin_inset space ~
24382 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24383 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24384 will be adjusted to correspond.
24385 As example a formula in the font size
24386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24400 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24406 \begin_layout Section
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24411 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24412 the document classes and into layout modules.
24416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24422 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24423 other than the AMS classes.
24425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24427 reference "sub:Modules"
24431 for more on layout modules.
24434 \begin_layout Section
24439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24460 (AMS) that are in common use.
24463 \begin_layout Subsection
24464 Enabling AMS-Support
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 Selecting the checkbox
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24475 \begin_inset space ~
24479 \begin_inset space ~
24486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24494 Document ! Settings
24502 \begin_inset space ~
24507 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24509 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24510 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24513 \begin_layout Subsection
24515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24517 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24526 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24536 LyX allows you to choose between
24557 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24560 \begin_layout Chapter
24564 \begin_layout Section
24569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24578 name "sec:Cross-References"
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24587 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24589 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24590 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24591 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24594 \begin_layout Enumerate
24598 \begin_layout Enumerate
24599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24601 name "enu:Second-item"
24608 \begin_layout Enumerate
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24613 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24618 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24619 \begin_inset Graphics
24620 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24626 A grey label box like this:
24627 \begin_inset Graphics
24628 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24633 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24634 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24669 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24670 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24685 \begin_layout Standard
24686 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24691 or the toolbar button
24692 \begin_inset Graphics
24693 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24699 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24700 \begin_inset Graphics
24701 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24706 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24708 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24721 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24723 Here is our cross-reference:
24726 \begin_layout Standard
24728 \begin_inset space ~
24732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24734 reference "enu:Second-item"
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24742 It is recommended to use a protected space
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24747 described in section
24748 \begin_inset space ~
24752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24754 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24763 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24771 \begin_layout Description
24772 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24775 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24782 \begin_layout Description
24783 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24784 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24796 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24803 \begin_layout Description
24804 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24805 \begin_inset space ~
24809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24810 LatexCommand pageref
24811 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24818 \begin_layout Description
24820 \begin_inset space ~
24824 \begin_inset space ~
24827 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24829 LatexCommand vpageref
24830 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24837 \begin_layout Description
24839 \begin_inset space ~
24843 \begin_inset space ~
24847 \begin_inset space ~
24850 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24854 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24861 \begin_layout Description
24863 \begin_inset space ~
24866 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24867 \begin_inset Newline newline
24871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24879 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24888 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24901 \begin_layout Standard
24902 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24903 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24909 \begin_inset space ~
24913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24928 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24929 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24930 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24934 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24938 \begin_layout Standard
24939 You can only use the style
24943 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24947 is always possible.
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24952 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24953 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24954 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24955 \begin_inset space ~
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24961 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24976 \begin_inset space ~
24981 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24982 The button text changes then to
24985 \begin_inset space ~
24990 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24991 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24992 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24998 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24999 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25004 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 References are described in detail in the
25015 \begin_layout Section
25016 Table of Contents and other Listings
25020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25046 \begin_layout Subsection
25048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25050 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25058 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25061 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25063 \begin_inset space ~
25067 \begin_inset space ~
25073 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25074 If you click on it, the
25078 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25079 sections in your documents.
25080 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25082 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25085 that is described in sec.
25086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25092 reference "sec:Navigating"
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25101 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25103 \begin_inset space ~
25107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25109 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25113 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25115 \begin_inset space ~
25119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25121 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25125 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25127 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25130 \begin_layout Subsection
25131 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25134 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25142 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25143 You can insert them via the
25145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25147 \begin_inset space ~
25151 \begin_inset space ~
25157 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25160 \begin_layout Section
25161 URLs and Hyperlinks
25165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25191 \begin_layout Subsection
25195 \begin_layout Standard
25196 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25204 \begin_layout Standard
25205 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25206 \begin_inset Flex URL
25209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25220 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25226 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25230 \begin_layout Standard
25231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25247 \begin_layout Subsection
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25257 or with the toolbar button
25258 \begin_inset Graphics
25259 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25265 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25274 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25275 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25278 name "LyX's homepage"
25279 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25283 , an Email address like this:
25284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25286 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25287 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25292 , or a link to a file.
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25309 to the link target.
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25314 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25315 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25316 the text style dialog.
25317 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25323 name "LyX's homepage"
25324 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25332 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25336 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25338 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25339 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25343 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25345 \begin_inset Newline newline
25353 \begin_inset Newline newline
25360 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25363 \begin_layout Section
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25377 name "sec:Appendices"
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25385 Appendices are created with the menu
25387 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25389 \begin_inset space ~
25393 \begin_inset space ~
25399 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25400 as appendix region.
25401 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25404 \begin_layout Standard
25405 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25406 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25407 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25408 and the subsection number.
25409 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25413 \begin_layout Standard
25415 \begin_inset space ~
25419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25421 reference "cha:Credits"
25426 \begin_inset space ~
25430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25432 reference "sub:Export"
25439 \begin_layout Section
25444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25453 name "sec:Bibliography"
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25462 You can include a bibliography database
25466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25467 Known under the name
25468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25480 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25482 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25486 , described in section
25487 \begin_inset space ~
25491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25493 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25505 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25507 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25516 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25518 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25527 , a short form of its title, as key.
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25536 or the toolbar button
25537 \begin_inset Graphics
25538 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25544 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25545 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25546 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25547 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25552 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25553 with surrounding brackets.
25558 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25559 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25574 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25577 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25579 key "latexcompanion"
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25587 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25597 \begin_layout Subsection
25598 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25603 Bibliography ! Databases
25612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25613 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25621 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25631 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25633 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25634 your working field in a database.
25635 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25636 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 The database is a text file with the file extension
25641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25652 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25653 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25656 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25661 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25663 \begin_inset Newline newline
25667 \begin_inset Flex URL
25670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25672 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25678 \begin_inset Newline newline
25681 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25685 To use a database, use the menu
25687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25692 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 \begin_inset space ~
25711 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25712 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25716 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25728 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25729 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25730 take care of the layout.
25733 \begin_layout Standard
25734 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25737 \begin_layout Standard
25738 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25747 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25781 \begin_inset space ~
25787 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25796 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25803 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25804 the two methods of creating them.
25805 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25806 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25807 We used the style file
25811 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25814 \begin_layout Subsection
25815 Bibliography layout
25819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25820 Bibliography ! Layout
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25830 For this feature you need to use the option
25836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25844 Document ! Settings
25854 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25855 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25856 in the previous section.
25859 \begin_layout Standard
25860 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25861 in the citation reference window.
25862 Here an example where we set the text
25863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25874 to appear after the reference:
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25882 key "latexcompanion"
25889 \begin_layout Section
25894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25911 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25915 \begin_inset space ~
25920 or the toolbar button
25921 \begin_inset Graphics
25922 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25940 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25941 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25942 by LyX as index entry.
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25946 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25947 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25951 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25963 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25967 \begin_inset space ~
25971 \begin_inset space ~
25974 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25976 \begin_inset space ~
25982 A light blue box labeled
25983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25994 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25995 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25998 \begin_layout Subsection
25999 Grouping Index Entries
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26015 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26016 lists under the entry
26017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26025 First we create the entry
26026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26040 reference "sub:Lists"
26045 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26046 \begin_inset space ~
26050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26052 reference "sec:Itemize"
26056 , we insert the command
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 for the enumerated list in section
26077 \begin_inset space ~
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26083 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26091 The exclamation mark
26092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 marks the grouping levels.
26100 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26101 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26102 If we don't have an index entry for
26103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26113 \begin_layout Subsection
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 Index ! Page ranges
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26130 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26131 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26133 \begin_inset space ~
26137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26139 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26146 \begin_layout Standard
26149 Paragraph environments|(
26152 \begin_layout Standard
26153 and another entry at the end of section
26154 \begin_inset space ~
26158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26160 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26167 \begin_layout Standard
26170 Paragraph environments|)
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26198 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26199 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26200 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26201 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26202 An example is the index entry
26203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26206 Document ! Settings
26207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26213 \begin_layout Subsection
26218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26219 Index ! Cross referencing
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26229 We referred for example in the index entry
26230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26244 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26248 ) to the index entry
26249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26256 in the same section using the entry
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26262 GIF|see{Image formats}
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26266 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26267 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26268 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26271 \begin_layout Subsection
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 Index ! Entry order
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26286 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26287 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26288 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26293 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26295 \begin_inset space ~
26299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26301 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26310 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26311 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26340 Dummy entries ! maïs
26349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26350 Dummy entries ! maître
26359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26360 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26365 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26366 order maïs, maison, maître.
26367 To achieve this, we use the command
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26373 previous entry@current entry
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 In our case we want to have
26378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26393 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26403 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26404 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26408 \begin_layout Subsection
26413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26414 Index ! Entry layout
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26423 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26430 This is an italic dummy entry
26435 You can also format the page number using the character
26436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26443 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26444 We can write for example
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26450 italic page number:|textit
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26454 to get the page number in italic.
26458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26459 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26464 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26482 \begin_inset space ~
26488 Have a look at section
26489 \begin_inset space ~
26493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26495 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26499 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26511 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26515 to generate the index, see section
26516 \begin_inset space ~
26520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26522 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26531 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26532 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26537 key "latexcompanion"
26549 \begin_layout Standard
26550 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26552 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26553 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26554 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26555 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26556 If so, put the following in preamble
26559 \begin_layout Standard
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26582 into the index entry.
26586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26587 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26592 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26593 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26594 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26598 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26604 \begin_inset space ~
26607 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26608 for all index entries.
26609 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26621 documentation for details,
26622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26624 key "makeindex,xindy"
26631 \begin_layout Subsection
26636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26645 name "sub:Index-Program"
26652 \begin_layout Standard
26653 When the index entry program
26657 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26658 generation, otherwise the program
26662 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26663 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26664 dialog, see section
26665 \begin_inset space ~
26669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26671 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26676 The available options are listed and explained in
26677 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26679 key "makeindex,xindy"
26684 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26687 \begin_layout Standard
26692 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26693 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26695 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26697 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26698 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26706 \begin_layout Section
26707 Nomenclature / Glossary
26711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26752 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26760 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26761 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26775 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26781 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26788 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26793 and then use the menu
26795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26801 \begin_inset space ~
26806 or the toolbar button
26807 \begin_inset Graphics
26808 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26831 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26832 The second is the description of the symbol.
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26844 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26852 \begin_layout Subsection
26853 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26858 Nomenclature ! Layout
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26871 field as LaTeX-formula.
26873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26877 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 \begin_inset Newline newline
26893 \begin_inset Newline newline
26899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26906 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26907 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26919 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26937 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26953 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26954 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26959 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26966 in this document is:
26967 \begin_inset Newline newline
26972 dummy entry for the character
26977 \begin_inset Newline newline
26989 \begin_inset space ~
26999 font use the command
27028 \begin_layout Subsection
27029 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27034 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27044 the symbol definition.
27045 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27046 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27049 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27050 LatexCommand nomenclature
27052 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27059 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27063 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27064 LatexCommand nomenclature
27067 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27072 They will be sorted by
27073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27102 will be sorted before the
27106 since the character
27107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27114 is considered in sorting.
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27121 \begin_inset space ~
27126 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27127 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27129 For the given example, you can insert
27133 to this field for the
27134 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27141 will be located before
27142 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27163 \begin_layout Subsection
27164 Nomenclature Options
27168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27169 Nomenclature ! Options
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27182 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27183 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27186 \begin_layout Description
27187 refeq Appends the phrase
27188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27203 to every nomenclature entry, where
27209 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27212 \begin_layout Description
27213 refpage Appends the phrase
27214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27229 to every nomenclature entry, where
27235 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27238 \begin_layout Description
27239 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27243 There are furthermore the options
27287 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27292 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27293 class options list in the
27295 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27299 In this document the options
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27311 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27319 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27324 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27327 \begin_layout Description
27337 \begin_layout Description
27340 nomrefpage Like the
27347 \begin_layout Description
27350 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27359 \begin_layout Description
27363 \begin_inset space ~
27369 \begin_inset space ~
27374 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27377 \begin_layout Subsection
27378 Printing the Nomenclature
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 Nomenclature ! Printing
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27392 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27396 \begin_inset space ~
27400 \begin_inset space ~
27403 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27407 A light blue box labeled
27408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27419 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27420 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27433 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27441 For example, in order to change the name to
27445 , add the following line to the preamble:
27448 \begin_layout Standard
27456 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27467 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27468 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27479 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27485 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27486 \begin_inset space ~
27490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27492 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27497 The default value is 1
27498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27504 \begin_layout Section
27509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27520 Document ! Branches
27526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27528 name "sec:Branches"
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27536 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27537 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27538 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27539 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27542 \begin_layout Standard
27543 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27544 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27545 To create a branch, go in the
27547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27555 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27556 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27560 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27561 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27566 where you can choose a branch.
27567 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27571 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27572 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27575 \begin_layout Standard
27576 \begin_inset Branch Question
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27580 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27610 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27612 For example you can define for the question branch
27616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27617 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27618 \begin_inset space ~
27622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27624 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27656 \begin_layout Standard
27657 and for the answer branch
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27681 \begin_inset Branch Question
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27753 Now it is possible to use the commands
27757 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27764 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27767 to obtain conditional output.
27768 Here is an example formula where only the
27775 \begin_inset Formula \[
27776 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27784 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27785 \begin_inset space ~
27789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27791 reference "sec:math-macros"
27798 \begin_layout Section
27803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 \begin_layout Standard
27817 dialog provides under
27821 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27822 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27831 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27844 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27845 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27846 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27848 You can specify in the dialog tab
27852 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27854 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27855 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27863 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27864 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27865 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27867 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27868 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27870 \begin_inset space ~
27873 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27874 \begin_inset space ~
27877 1 will only display the sections.
27880 \begin_layout Standard
27881 The header informations in the dialog tab
27885 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27886 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27891 \begin_inset space ~
27894 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27895 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27898 Automatic fill header
27900 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27901 title and author settings.
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27907 Load in fullscreen mode
27909 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27914 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27920 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27930 \begin_layout Section
27931 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27934 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27941 \begin_layout Subsection
27946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27955 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27964 constructs, but not all.
27965 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27966 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27967 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27968 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27969 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27973 \begin_layout Standard
27974 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27976 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27980 \begin_inset space ~
27985 or by the toolbar button
27986 \begin_inset Graphics
27987 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27992 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27996 \begin_layout Standard
27997 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27998 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27999 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28006 , you can write the command part
28012 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28016 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28017 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28018 the following example:
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28022 \begin_inset Graphics
28023 filename clipart/ERT.png
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 This is a line with a
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28072 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28073 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28081 \begin_layout Subsection
28082 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28083 \begin_inset OptArg
28086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28105 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28112 \begin_layout Standard
28113 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28114 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28115 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28124 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28125 every time if you know the right commands.
28127 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28128 the end of the day.
28129 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28130 all caption labels bold.
28131 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28133 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28136 \begin_layout Standard
28137 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28138 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28139 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28141 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28150 \begin_layout Standard
28151 As result you know that the package
28159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28160 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28166 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28168 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28179 usepackage[options]{package name}
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28183 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28184 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28185 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 In your case the package name is
28194 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28199 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28200 So you add the command
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28208 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28217 For more commands provided by the
28221 package, have a look at its documentation,
28222 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28237 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28239 For example if you use a
28243 class, you don't need the package
28247 , you can instead write
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28255 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28262 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28263 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28270 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28274 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28275 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28277 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28278 the previous section.
28281 \begin_layout Standard
28282 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28284 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28286 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28294 \begin_layout Section
28295 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28308 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28327 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28328 to break your train of thought with
28330 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28337 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28338 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28347 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28352 as explained below, and turn on
28355 \begin_inset space ~
28362 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28372 \begin_inset space ~
28375 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28381 \begin_layout Standard
28382 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28384 Previews of an already loaded document are
28388 generated just by selecting the
28391 \begin_inset space ~
28396 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28400 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28401 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28404 \begin_inset space ~
28409 check box in the insert dialog.
28410 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28414 \begin_layout Standard
28415 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28419 (on some systems named simply
28424 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28432 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28433 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28441 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28446 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28453 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28457 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28459 \begin_inset space ~
28464 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28465 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28467 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28468 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28469 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28470 the source view window.
28473 \begin_layout Section
28475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28477 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28494 \begin_layout Standard
28495 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28496 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28513 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28519 can be seen as successor of
28523 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28528 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28529 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28538 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28539 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28546 \begin_layout Standard
28549 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28552 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28553 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28554 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28555 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28556 scrolled so that it is visible.
28561 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28563 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28567 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28568 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28575 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28579 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28580 will bring an error message.
28581 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28582 specifying a different
28584 Alternative language
28586 in preferences dialog.
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28590 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28593 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28598 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28599 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28601 But you can use the
28604 \begin_inset space ~
28608 \begin_inset space ~
28616 \begin_layout Standard
28617 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28618 This does work with
28622 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28625 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28634 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28637 \begin_layout Description
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28642 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28643 should consider, e.g.
28644 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28645 This should not normally be needed.
28648 \begin_layout Description
28650 \begin_inset space ~
28653 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28654 as your personal dictionary
28657 \begin_layout Description
28659 \begin_inset space ~
28663 \begin_inset space ~
28666 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28678 \begin_layout Description
28680 \begin_inset space ~
28684 \begin_inset space ~
28687 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28696 also for the spellchecker.
28700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28701 The encodings are explained in section
28702 \begin_inset space ~
28706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28708 reference "sub:Settings"
28717 Only enable this if you use
28721 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28722 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28723 so this is disabled by default.
28726 \begin_layout Section
28731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28740 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28747 \begin_layout Standard
28748 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28751 \begin_layout Standard
28752 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28755 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28758 or the toolbar button
28759 \begin_inset Graphics
28760 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28762 rotateOrigin center
28767 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28773 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28774 cases to find related words.
28777 \begin_layout Standard
28778 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28780 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28788 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28797 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28816 \begin_layout Section
28821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 Document ! Change Tracking
28838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28840 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28848 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28849 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28850 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28851 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28858 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28860 \begin_inset space ~
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28869 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28878 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28881 \begin_inset space ~
28885 \begin_inset space ~
28898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28908 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28921 \begin_layout Standard
28922 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28928 \begin_layout Standard
28929 \begin_inset Graphics
28930 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28938 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28945 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28957 \begin_inset Tabular
28958 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28959 <features islongtable="true">
28960 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28961 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28962 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28967 \begin_inset Graphics
28968 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28969 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28970 rotateOrigin center
28979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28987 \begin_inset space ~
28990 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28992 \begin_inset space ~
29001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29006 \begin_inset Graphics
29007 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29009 rotateOrigin center
29018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29026 \begin_inset space ~
29029 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29031 \begin_inset space ~
29035 \begin_inset space ~
29039 \begin_inset space ~
29048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29053 \begin_inset Graphics
29054 filename ../images/change-next.png
29055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29056 rotateOrigin center
29065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29069 Jumps to the next change
29075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 \begin_inset Graphics
29081 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29083 rotateOrigin center
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29100 \begin_inset space ~
29103 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29105 \begin_inset space ~
29114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29119 \begin_inset Graphics
29120 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29121 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29122 rotateOrigin center
29131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29137 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29139 \begin_inset space ~
29142 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29144 \begin_inset space ~
29153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 \begin_inset Graphics
29159 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29161 rotateOrigin center
29170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29178 \begin_inset space ~
29181 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29183 \begin_inset space ~
29192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29197 \begin_inset Graphics
29198 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29200 rotateOrigin center
29209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29215 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29217 \begin_inset space ~
29220 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29222 \begin_inset space ~
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 \begin_inset Graphics
29241 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29243 rotateOrigin center
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29260 \begin_inset space ~
29263 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29265 \begin_inset space ~
29269 \begin_inset space ~
29278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 \begin_inset Graphics
29284 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29285 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29286 rotateOrigin center
29295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29302 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29304 \begin_inset space ~
29313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29318 \begin_inset Graphics
29319 filename ../images/note-next.png
29320 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29321 rotateOrigin center
29330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29336 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29338 \begin_inset space ~
29354 \begin_layout Standard
29355 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29362 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29363 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29364 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29365 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29366 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29367 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29368 step to the next change.
29369 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29372 \begin_layout Standard
29373 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29374 to describe a change.
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29378 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29393 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29394 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29400 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29403 \begin_layout Section
29404 International Support
29408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 International support
29417 \begin_layout Standard
29418 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29419 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29420 how to set up LyX to use them:
29421 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29423 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29430 \begin_layout Standard
29431 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29432 \begin_inset space ~
29436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29438 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29445 \begin_layout Subsection
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 Document ! Settings
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29471 Document ! Language
29479 \begin_layout Standard
29482 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29485 dialog lets you set
29487 the language and character encoding for your language.
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29492 Choose your language in the
29496 section of this dialog.
29504 \begin_layout Standard
29509 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29513 use language's default encoding
29515 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29516 For details about the different encoding options see section
29517 \begin_inset space ~
29521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29523 reference "sub:Settings"
29530 \begin_layout Subsection
29531 Keyboard mapping configuration
29532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29534 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29541 \begin_layout Standard
29542 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29543 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29544 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29545 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29546 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29548 \begin_inset space ~
29552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29554 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29559 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29560 which one you want to use.
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29564 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29565 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29566 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29567 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29568 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29569 one to support the characters you want.
29570 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29577 \begin_layout Subsection
29579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29590 \begin_inset space ~
29594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29596 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29605 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29610 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29611 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29619 \begin_layout Itemize
29620 Even if you have selected
29626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29629 dialog, users who have only the
29633 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29637 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29638 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29639 french quotes won't show up.
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29643 \begin_inset Float table
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 \begin_inset Caption
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29654 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 \begin_inset Tabular
29673 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34105 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34107 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34108 also the characters from
34120 \begin_layout Itemize
34129 \begin_layout Standard
34130 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34131 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34137 \begin_layout Standard
34138 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34139 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34146 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34153 \begin_layout Standard
34154 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34163 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34177 \begin_layout Standard
34179 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34186 \begin_layout Itemize
34199 \begin_layout Standard
34201 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34207 \begin_layout Standard
34209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34231 \begin_layout Standard
34233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34239 \begin_layout Standard
34241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34248 \begin_layout Standard
34249 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34250 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34251 Also make sure you're using the
34258 \begin_layout Chapter
34261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34263 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34270 \begin_layout Standard
34271 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34272 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34273 inside the user's guide.
34276 \begin_layout Section
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34295 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34296 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34299 \begin_layout Subsection
34303 \begin_layout Standard
34304 Creates a new document.
34307 \begin_layout Subsection
34311 \begin_layout Standard
34312 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34313 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34314 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34317 \begin_layout Subsection
34321 \begin_layout Standard
34325 \begin_layout Subsection
34329 \begin_layout Standard
34330 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34331 Click there on a file to open it.
34334 \begin_layout Subsection
34338 \begin_layout Standard
34339 Closes the current document.
34342 \begin_layout Subsection
34346 \begin_layout Standard
34347 Saves the actual document.
34350 \begin_layout Subsection
34354 \begin_layout Standard
34355 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34358 \begin_layout Subsection
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34363 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34366 \begin_layout Subsection
34370 \begin_layout Standard
34371 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34372 It is described in the section
34374 Version Control in LyX
34379 \begin_inset space ~
34387 \begin_layout Subsection
34391 \begin_layout Standard
34392 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34393 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34394 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34397 \begin_layout Standard
34398 When using the menu
34401 \begin_inset space ~
34405 \begin_inset space ~
34410 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34411 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34412 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34413 will start a new paragraph.
34416 \begin_layout Subsection
34418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34428 You can export your document to various file formats.
34429 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34430 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34431 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34435 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34437 \begin_inset space ~
34441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34443 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34450 \begin_layout Description
34454 \begin_inset space ~
34459 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34460 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34463 \begin_layout Description
34471 \begin_layout Description
34472 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34476 \begin_layout Description
34478 \begin_inset space ~
34482 \begin_inset space ~
34485 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34489 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34497 \begin_layout Description
34504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34512 \begin_inset space ~
34517 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34518 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34522 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34525 \begin_layout Description
34532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 \begin_inset space ~
34545 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34546 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34554 \begin_layout Description
34556 \begin_inset space ~
34559 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34567 is replaced by the version number)
34570 \begin_layout Description
34571 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34584 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34588 \begin_layout Description
34593 PDF-format using the program
34598 \begin_layout Description
34602 \begin_inset space ~
34607 PDF-format using the program
34612 \begin_layout Description
34616 \begin_inset space ~
34621 PDF-format using the program
34626 \begin_layout Description
34630 \begin_inset space ~
34638 \begin_layout Description
34642 \begin_inset space ~
34646 \begin_inset space ~
34651 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34652 and then exported as text using the program
34657 \begin_layout Description
34662 PostScript format using the program
34667 \begin_layout Description
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34680 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34681 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34687 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 If one of the menu entries
34698 \begin_inset space ~
34707 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34708 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34709 \begin_inset space ~
34713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34715 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34724 Reconfiguration of LyX
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34737 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34738 the export program.
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34747 or send it to a printer.
34748 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34749 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34755 For more informations have a look at section
34756 \begin_inset space ~
34760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34762 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34769 \begin_layout Subsection
34770 New and Close Window
34773 \begin_layout Standard
34774 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34775 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34778 \begin_layout Section
34783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34792 \begin_layout Subsection
34796 \begin_layout Standard
34797 Described in section
34798 \begin_inset space ~
34802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34804 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34811 \begin_layout Subsection
34812 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34815 \begin_layout Standard
34816 Described in section
34817 \begin_inset space ~
34821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34823 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34830 \begin_layout Subsection
34834 \begin_layout Standard
34835 Selects the whole document.
34838 \begin_layout Subsection
34842 \begin_layout Standard
34843 Described in section
34844 \begin_inset space ~
34848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34850 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 Move paragraph Up/Down
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34866 \begin_layout Subsection
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34871 Described in section
34872 \begin_inset space ~
34876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34878 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34885 \begin_layout Subsection
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 Paragraph ! Settings
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34902 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34907 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34910 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34916 \begin_inset space ~
34924 \begin_layout Subsection
34928 \begin_layout Standard
34929 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34930 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34931 The properties of tables are described in section
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34938 reference "sec:Tables"
34942 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34943 \begin_inset space ~
34947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34949 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34956 \begin_layout Subsection
34957 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34963 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34964 \begin_inset space ~
34968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34970 reference "sec:Nesting"
34975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34977 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34984 \begin_layout Section
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34998 \begin_layout Standard
35003 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35004 document with an external program.
35005 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35006 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35007 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35014 reference "sub:Export"
35019 You should at least see the menu entries
35026 \begin_inset space ~
35032 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35033 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35034 \begin_inset space ~
35038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35040 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35049 Reconfiguration of LyX
35057 \begin_layout Standard
35058 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35059 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35060 \begin_inset space ~
35064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35066 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35071 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35074 \begin_layout Standard
35075 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35078 At the bottom of the
35082 menu the opened documents are listed.
35085 \begin_layout Subsection
35089 \begin_layout Standard
35090 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35092 \begin_inset space ~
35096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35098 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35105 \begin_layout Subsection
35109 \begin_layout Standard
35110 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35111 opening a new view window.
35114 \begin_layout Subsection
35116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35118 name "sub:Toolbars"
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35135 \begin_layout Standard
35136 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35137 All toolbars and the
35140 \begin_inset space ~
35145 can be turned on and off.
35150 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35162 \begin_inset space ~
35171 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35175 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35182 \begin_layout Standard
35187 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35191 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35192 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35193 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35194 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35195 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35198 \begin_layout Standard
35199 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35200 \begin_inset space ~
35204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35206 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35213 \begin_layout Section
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 \begin_layout Subsection
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35239 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35246 \begin_layout Subsection
35248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35250 name "sub:Special-Character"
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35258 Here you can insert the following characters:
35261 \begin_layout Description
35262 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35266 \begin_layout Description
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset space ~
35275 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35276 \begin_inset space ~
35280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35282 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35289 \begin_layout Description
35291 \begin_inset space ~
35294 Quote Inserts this quote:
35295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35298 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35300 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35310 \begin_layout Description
35312 \begin_inset space ~
35315 Quote Inserts this quote:
35316 \begin_inset Quotes els
35322 \begin_layout Description
35324 \begin_inset space ~
35327 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35331 \begin_layout Description
35333 \begin_inset space ~
35340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35351 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35356 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35357 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35358 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35367 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35373 \begin_inset Newline newline
35376 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35380 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35388 and this Wiki-page:
35389 \begin_inset Newline newline
35393 \begin_inset Flex URL
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35398 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35406 \begin_layout Subsection
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35411 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35414 \begin_layout Description
35415 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35416 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35422 \begin_layout Description
35423 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35424 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35430 \begin_layout Description
35432 \begin_inset space ~
35435 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35442 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35449 \begin_layout Description
35451 \begin_inset space ~
35454 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35468 \begin_layout Description
35470 \begin_inset space ~
35473 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35492 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35506 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35511 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35518 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35525 \begin_layout Description
35527 \begin_inset space ~
35530 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35531 \begin_inset space ~
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35537 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35544 \begin_layout Description
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35549 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35550 \begin_inset space ~
35554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35556 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35563 \begin_layout Description
35565 \begin_inset space ~
35568 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35569 \begin_inset space ~
35573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35575 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35582 \begin_layout Description
35584 \begin_inset space ~
35587 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35588 \begin_inset space ~
35592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35594 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35601 \begin_layout Description
35603 \begin_inset space ~
35606 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35607 \begin_inset space ~
35611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35613 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35620 \begin_layout Description
35622 \begin_inset space ~
35625 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35626 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35632 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35639 \begin_layout Description
35641 \begin_inset space ~
35645 \begin_inset space ~
35648 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35649 \begin_inset space ~
35653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35655 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35662 \begin_layout Subsection
35666 \begin_layout Standard
35667 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35668 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35676 reference "sec:toc"
35681 The index list is described in section
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35688 reference "sec:Index"
35692 , the nomenclature in section
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35703 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35704 \begin_inset space ~
35708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35710 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35717 \begin_layout Subsection
35721 \begin_layout Standard
35722 To insert floats, described in section
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35729 reference "sec:Floats"
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35741 To insert notes, described in section
35742 \begin_inset space ~
35746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35748 reference "sec:Notes"
35755 \begin_layout Subsection
35759 \begin_layout Standard
35760 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35761 \begin_inset space ~
35765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35767 reference "sec:Branches"
35774 \begin_layout Subsection
35779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35790 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35801 \begin_layout Subsection
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Minipages"
35828 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35839 \begin_layout Subsection
35843 \begin_layout Standard
35844 Inserts a citation as described in section
35845 \begin_inset space ~
35849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35851 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35858 \begin_layout Subsection
35862 \begin_layout Standard
35863 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35870 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35877 \begin_layout Subsection
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35882 Inserts a label as described in section
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35889 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35896 \begin_layout Subsection
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35912 Longtables ! Caption
35920 \begin_layout Standard
35921 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35922 Floats are described in section
35923 \begin_inset space ~
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35929 reference "sec:Floats"
35933 , cations in longtables are described in section
35944 \begin_layout Subsection
35948 \begin_layout Standard
35949 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35950 \begin_inset space ~
35954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35956 reference "sec:Index"
35963 \begin_layout Subsection
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35968 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35969 \begin_inset space ~
35973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35975 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35982 \begin_layout Subsection
35986 \begin_layout Standard
35988 Tables are described in section
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35995 reference "sec:Tables"
36002 \begin_layout Subsection
36006 \begin_layout Standard
36008 Graphics are described in section
36009 \begin_inset space ~
36013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36015 reference "sec:Graphics"
36022 \begin_layout Subsection
36026 \begin_layout Standard
36027 Inserts an URL box as described in section
36028 \begin_inset space ~
36032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36034 reference "sec:URL"
36041 \begin_layout Subsection
36045 \begin_layout Standard
36046 Inserts a footnote, see section
36047 \begin_inset space ~
36051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36053 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36060 \begin_layout Subsection
36064 \begin_layout Standard
36065 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36066 \begin_inset space ~
36070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36072 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36079 \begin_layout Subsection
36083 \begin_layout Standard
36084 Inserts a short title, see section
36085 \begin_inset space ~
36089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36091 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36098 \begin_layout Subsection
36102 \begin_layout Standard
36103 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36117 \begin_layout Subsection
36122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36131 \begin_layout Standard
36132 Inserts a program listings box.
36133 Program listings are explained in chapter
36135 Program Code Listings
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36148 \begin_layout Standard
36149 Inserts the actual date.
36150 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36152 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36162 There the different methods are also compared.
36165 \begin_layout Section
36170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36179 \begin_layout Standard
36180 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36181 the current document.
36182 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36185 \begin_layout Standard
36186 The Navigate menu also offers to
36189 \begin_layout Subsection
36193 \begin_layout Standard
36194 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36195 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36202 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36203 \begin_inset space ~
36206 2.5 and use the menu
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset space ~
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36236 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36250 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36253 \begin_layout Subsection
36254 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36258 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36262 \begin_layout Subsection
36266 \begin_layout Standard
36267 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36268 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36269 on a cross-reference box.
36272 \begin_layout Section
36277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36286 \begin_layout Subsection
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 Change Tracking is described in section
36292 \begin_inset space ~
36296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36298 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36305 \begin_layout Subsection
36310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36321 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36323 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36332 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36335 \begin_layout Subsection
36339 \begin_layout Standard
36340 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36341 \begin_inset space ~
36345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36347 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36354 \begin_layout Subsection
36355 Start Appendix Here
36358 \begin_layout Standard
36359 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36360 position as described in section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sec:Appendices"
36374 \begin_layout Subsection
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 Un/compresses the actual document.
36382 \begin_layout Subsection
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36386 name "sub:Settings"
36394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36395 Document ! Settings
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36404 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36406 You can save your document settings as default with the
36408 Save as Document Defaults
36410 button in the dialog.
36411 This will create a template named
36415 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36419 \begin_layout Standard
36420 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36423 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36428 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36429 Document classes are described in section
36430 \begin_inset space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36441 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36446 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36447 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36450 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 The document font settings are described in section
36456 \begin_inset space ~
36460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36462 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36469 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36473 \begin_layout Standard
36474 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36476 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36481 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36482 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36483 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36495 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36499 \begin_layout Standard
36500 A description of this menu is given in section
36501 \begin_inset space ~
36505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36507 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36514 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36521 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36525 \begin_layout Standard
36526 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36527 \begin_inset space ~
36531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36533 reference "sub:Margins"
36540 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36546 Language ! Encoding
36554 \begin_layout Standard
36555 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36556 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36557 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36558 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36559 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36560 known for a particular character).
36564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36566 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36571 manual for details.
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 If you use the option
36582 use language's default encoding
36584 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36586 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36587 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36588 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36589 exactly one encoding.
36590 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36599 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36600 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36602 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36618 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36619 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36620 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36621 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36622 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36623 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36626 use language's default encoding
36628 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36629 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36630 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36637 \begin_layout Description
36639 \begin_inset space ~
36644 use language's default encoding
36646 , but the LaTeX-package
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36661 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36662 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36663 languages in TeX code.
36666 \begin_layout Description
36667 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36670 \begin_layout Description
36671 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36672 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36675 \begin_layout Description
36676 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36679 \begin_layout Description
36680 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36683 \begin_layout Description
36684 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36687 \begin_layout Description
36688 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36691 \begin_layout Description
36692 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36695 \begin_layout Description
36696 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36697 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36700 \begin_layout Description
36701 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36702 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36705 \begin_layout Description
36706 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36709 \begin_layout Description
36710 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36713 \begin_layout Description
36714 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36717 \begin_layout Description
36718 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36721 \begin_layout Description
36722 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36723 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36724 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36728 \begin_layout Description
36729 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36730 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36733 \begin_layout Description
36734 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36738 \begin_layout Description
36739 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36742 \begin_layout Description
36743 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36744 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36747 \begin_layout Description
36748 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36749 the euro currency sign, the
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36763 be the replacement for latin1
36766 \begin_layout Description
36767 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36770 \begin_layout Description
36771 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36780 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36786 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36790 \begin_layout Description
36791 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36805 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36808 \begin_layout Description
36809 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36823 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36826 \begin_layout Description
36827 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36831 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36840 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36841 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36855 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36859 \begin_layout Standard
36860 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36862 \begin_inset space ~
36866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36868 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36875 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36880 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36903 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36909 For a further description see section
36910 \begin_inset space ~
36914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36916 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36923 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36956 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36964 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36965 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36968 \begin_layout Standard
36973 is used for special integral characters.
36976 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36980 \begin_layout Standard
36981 The float placement options are described in section
36982 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36988 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36995 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37000 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37001 The itemize environment is described in section
37002 \begin_inset space ~
37006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37008 reference "sec:Itemize"
37015 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37019 \begin_layout Standard
37020 Branches are described in section
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37027 reference "sec:Branches"
37034 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 \begin_layout Standard
37050 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37051 to define LaTeX-commands.
37052 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37053 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37057 \begin_layout Standard
37058 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37065 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37072 \begin_layout Section
37077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 \begin_layout Subsection
37090 \begin_layout Standard
37091 Spell checking is explained in section
37092 \begin_inset space ~
37096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37098 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37105 \begin_layout Subsection
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37110 The thesaurus is described in section
37111 \begin_inset space ~
37115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37117 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37124 \begin_layout Subsection
37129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 \begin_layout Standard
37139 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37143 \begin_layout Subsection
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37161 \begin_layout Subsection
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37178 Reconfiguration of LyX
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37199 Reconfiguration of LyX
37207 \begin_layout Standard
37208 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37209 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37210 \begin_inset space ~
37214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37216 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37223 \begin_layout Subsection
37227 \begin_layout Standard
37228 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37235 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37242 \begin_layout Section
37247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37256 \begin_layout Standard
37257 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37261 \begin_layout Standard
37265 \begin_inset space ~
37270 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37271 found by LyX (see also section
37272 \begin_inset space ~
37276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37278 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37285 \begin_layout Section
37287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37289 name "sec:Toolbars"
37296 \begin_layout Standard
37297 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37298 \begin_inset space ~
37302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37304 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37313 This is described in the
37320 \begin_layout Subsection
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 \begin_layout Standard
37335 \begin_inset Graphics
37336 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37344 \begin_layout Standard
37345 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37351 \begin_layout Standard
37352 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 \begin_inset Note Note
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37373 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37378 manual for more information.
37386 \begin_layout Standard
37387 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37394 \begin_inset Tabular
37395 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37396 <features islongtable="true">
37397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37404 \begin_inset Graphics
37405 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37432 \begin_layout Standard
37433 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37441 \begin_inset Tabular
37442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37443 <features islongtable="true">
37444 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37445 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 \begin_inset Graphics
37454 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 \begin_inset Graphics
37483 filename ../images/file-open.png
37484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37499 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 \begin_inset Graphics
37512 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37513 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 \begin_inset Graphics
37541 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 \begin_inset Graphics
37570 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 \begin_inset Graphics
37599 filename ../images/undo.png
37600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 \begin_inset Graphics
37628 filename ../images/redo.png
37629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37656 \begin_inset Graphics
37657 filename ../images/cut.png
37658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 \begin_inset Graphics
37686 filename ../images/copy.png
37687 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 \begin_inset Graphics
37715 filename ../images/paste.png
37716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 \begin_inset Graphics
37744 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37745 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37746 rotateOrigin center
37755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 \begin_inset Graphics
37782 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37796 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37798 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37800 \begin_inset space ~
37811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_inset Graphics
37817 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37833 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37851 \begin_inset Graphics
37852 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 Formats text using the current settings in the
37868 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37870 \begin_inset space ~
37881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37886 \begin_inset Graphics
37887 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37888 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37904 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37906 \begin_inset space ~
37915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37920 \begin_inset Graphics
37921 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37922 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37923 rotateOrigin center
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 \begin_inset Graphics
37951 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37953 rotateOrigin center
37962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 \begin_inset Graphics
37981 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37982 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37983 rotateOrigin center
37992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37996 Toggle outline window on/off,
37998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 \begin_inset Graphics
38011 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38013 rotateOrigin center
38022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38026 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38037 \begin_inset Graphics
38038 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38040 rotateOrigin center
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38066 \begin_layout Subsection
38071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38080 \begin_layout Standard
38081 \begin_inset Graphics
38082 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38090 \begin_layout Standard
38091 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38097 \begin_layout Standard
38098 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 \begin_inset Tabular
38111 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
38112 <features islongtable="true">
38113 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38114 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38120 \begin_inset Graphics
38121 filename ../images/layout.png
38122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38123 rotateOrigin center
38132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38150 rotateOrigin center
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 \begin_inset Graphics
38175 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38176 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38177 rotateOrigin center
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 \begin_inset Graphics
38202 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38204 rotateOrigin center
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_inset Graphics
38229 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38231 rotateOrigin center
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38255 \begin_inset Graphics
38256 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38257 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38258 rotateOrigin center
38267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38275 \begin_inset space ~
38279 \begin_inset space ~
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38296 rotateOrigin center
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 \begin_inset Graphics
38332 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38349 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \begin_inset Graphics
38362 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38379 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 \begin_inset Graphics
38392 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 \begin_inset Graphics
38421 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38422 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38449 \begin_inset Graphics
38450 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38478 \begin_inset Graphics
38479 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 \begin_inset Graphics
38512 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38513 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38530 \begin_inset space ~
38539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38544 \begin_inset Graphics
38545 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 \begin_inset Graphics
38574 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38576 rotateOrigin center
38585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38593 \begin_inset space ~
38602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 \begin_inset Graphics
38608 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38625 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38641 \begin_inset Graphics
38642 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38643 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 \begin_inset Graphics
38671 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38687 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38699 \begin_inset Graphics
38700 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 \begin_inset Graphics
38744 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38745 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38761 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38763 \begin_inset space ~
38772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 \begin_inset Graphics
38778 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38780 rotateOrigin center
38789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38795 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38797 \begin_inset space ~
38806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38811 \begin_inset Graphics
38812 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38814 rotateOrigin center
38823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38829 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38831 \begin_inset space ~
38840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38845 \begin_inset Graphics
38846 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38848 rotateOrigin center
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38863 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38877 \begin_layout Subsection
38878 View / Update Toolbar
38882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38883 Toolbar ! View / Update
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 \begin_inset Graphics
38893 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38901 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38907 \begin_layout Standard
38908 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38919 \begin_layout Standard
38920 \begin_inset Tabular
38921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38922 <features islongtable="true">
38923 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38924 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38930 \begin_inset Graphics
38931 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38933 rotateOrigin center
38942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38948 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38960 \begin_inset Graphics
38961 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38963 rotateOrigin center
38972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38979 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_inset Graphics
38992 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38994 rotateOrigin center
39003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39009 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39021 \begin_inset Graphics
39022 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39024 rotateOrigin center
39033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39039 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39040 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39046 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
39047 functionality is merged with
39049 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39069 \begin_inset Graphics
39070 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39072 rotateOrigin center
39081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39099 \begin_inset Graphics
39100 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39102 rotateOrigin center
39111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39117 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39118 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39132 \begin_layout Subsection
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39137 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39144 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39148 , the table toolbar
39152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 is explained in the
39165 \begin_layout Chapter
39171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39173 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39190 \begin_layout Standard
39191 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39193 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39196 \begin_layout Section
39200 \begin_layout Subsection
39202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39213 Customization ! of toolbars
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 Customization ! of menus
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39240 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39249 User Interface File
39253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39254 Customization ! of toolbars
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39264 Customization ! of menus
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39274 interface (ui) file.
39275 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39276 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39285 Both files are loaded by the
39290 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39291 files and edit the entries.
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39307 entries must be ended with an explicit
39332 and in the case of the
39333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39345 The syntax for the entries is:
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39377 \begin_layout Standard
39379 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39382 All LyX-functions are listed in
39383 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39392 \begin_layout Standard
39393 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39399 \begin_layout Standard
39400 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39402 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39405 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39409 \begin_layout Standard
39410 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39415 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39418 \begin_layout Standard
39420 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39423 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39440 \begin_layout Standard
39441 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39442 Several binding files are available:
39445 \begin_layout Description
39446 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39449 \begin_layout Description
39450 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39461 \begin_layout Description
39462 mac.bind set of bindings for
39465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39473 \begin_layout Standard
39474 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39478 , and bind files for special languages.
39479 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39489 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39493 \begin_layout Standard
39494 Some bind-files, like
39498 , have only a small scope.
39499 When looking at the the end of the file
39503 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39506 \begin_layout Standard
39507 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39508 s with a text editor.
39509 The syntax of the entries is:
39512 \begin_layout Standard
39518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39536 \begin_layout Standard
39537 All LyX-functions are listed in
39538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39551 \begin_layout Standard
39555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39562 restore window size, or use fixed size
39564 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39579 restore window position
39581 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39584 \begin_layout Standard
39587 Restore cursor positions
39589 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39596 Load opened files from last session
39598 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39605 name "sub:Backup documents"
39613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39622 \begin_layout Standard
39627 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39635 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39652 \begin_layout Standard
39655 Cursor follows scrollbar
39657 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39665 \begin_layout Standard
39668 Enable Pixmap Cache
39670 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39671 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39672 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39673 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39675 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39676 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_layout Subsection
39687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39696 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39703 \begin_layout Standard
39704 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39707 \begin_layout Standard
39708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39716 This section only deals with the fonts
39721 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39725 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39736 \begin_layout Standard
39737 By default, LyX uses
39741 as roman (serif) font,
39749 (depends on the system) as
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_layout Standard
39769 You can change the font size with the
39776 \begin_layout Standard
39781 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39782 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39787 points have the size of 1
39788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39798 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39810 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39811 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39815 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39829 \begin_layout Subsection
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 \begin_layout Standard
39854 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39855 Choose an item in the list and use the
39862 \begin_layout Subsection
39867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39868 Settings ! Graphics
39876 \begin_layout Standard
39877 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39880 \begin_layout Standard
39885 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39886 This feature is described in section
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39893 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39900 \begin_layout Subsection
39905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39916 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39922 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39924 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39931 \begin_layout Standard
39932 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39933 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39942 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39943 can use the keyboard map file named
39950 \begin_layout Standard
39951 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39959 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39967 \begin_layout Section
39972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39983 Settings ! Directory
39991 \begin_layout Description
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39996 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39997 It is the default when you
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_layout Description
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40021 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40023 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40037 \begin_layout Description
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40052 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40053 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40060 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40068 will be used to save the backups.
40069 \begin_inset Newline newline
40072 The backup files have the ending
40073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40083 \begin_layout Description
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40095 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40096 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40097 \begin_inset Newline newline
40101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40109 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40117 \begin_layout Description
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40122 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40125 \begin_layout Description
40127 \begin_inset space ~
40130 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40131 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40132 to find it on the system.
40133 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40134 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40143 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40144 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40148 \begin_layout Section
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40153 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40154 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40162 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40166 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40169 \begin_layout Section
40174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40175 Language ! Settings
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40185 Settings ! Language
40193 \begin_layout Subsection
40197 \begin_layout Description
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40202 language is the language used in new documents
40205 \begin_layout Description
40207 \begin_inset space ~
40210 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40212 The default is the LaTeX-command
40218 that loads the package
40226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40227 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40228 \begin_inset space ~
40232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40234 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40244 \begin_inset Newline newline
40251 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40252 the document language.
40253 A text label is for instance the word
40254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40261 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40264 \begin_layout Description
40266 \begin_inset space ~
40269 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40270 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40271 An example is the start command
40277 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40282 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40297 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40302 \begin_layout Description
40304 \begin_inset space ~
40312 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40313 command toggles the package on and off.
40316 \begin_layout Description
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_layout Description
40329 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40330 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40331 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40332 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40339 \begin_layout Description
40341 \begin_inset space ~
40344 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40346 When this option is not set, the
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40354 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40355 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_layout Description
40368 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset space ~
40380 When it is not set, the
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40388 is set to the end of the document.
40391 \begin_layout Description
40393 \begin_inset space ~
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40400 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40401 language will be underlined blue.
40404 \begin_layout Description
40406 \begin_inset space ~
40410 \begin_inset space ~
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40418 \begin_inset space ~
40421 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40425 \begin_layout Subsection
40429 \begin_layout Standard
40430 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40431 \begin_inset space ~
40435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40437 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40444 \begin_layout Section
40448 \begin_layout Subsection
40450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40479 \begin_layout Description
40481 \begin_inset space ~
40484 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40485 The name will be used when the
40490 \begin_inset Newline newline
40494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40511 \begin_layout Description
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_inset space ~
40524 printer This option works only for the
40529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40541 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40542 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40545 \begin_layout Description
40547 \begin_inset space ~
40550 command is the command LyX
40551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40558 LaTeX uses for printing.
40559 The default is on most systems
40566 \begin_layout Description
40568 \begin_inset space ~
40572 \begin_inset space ~
40575 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40576 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40577 of the program that provides the
40584 \begin_layout Subsection
40589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 Settings ! Date format
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40609 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40610 \begin_inset Newline newline
40614 \begin_inset Flex URL
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40625 \begin_inset Newline newline
40628 For example the format
40629 \begin_inset Newline newline
40633 \begin_inset Newline newline
40636 prints the date as day/month/year.
40639 \begin_layout Subsection
40643 \begin_layout Description
40645 \begin_inset space ~
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40652 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40655 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40656 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40658 \begin_inset space ~
40664 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40668 \begin_layout Description
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40673 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40678 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40679 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40682 \begin_layout Subsection
40687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40697 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40714 \begin_layout Description
40719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40727 \begin_inset space ~
40730 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40735 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40757 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40770 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40771 LyX sets up in the background.
40772 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40775 \begin_layout Description
40777 \begin_inset space ~
40781 \begin_inset space ~
40784 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40789 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40792 \begin_layout Description
40794 \begin_inset space ~
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40802 \begin_inset space ~
40806 \begin_inset space ~
40810 \begin_inset space ~
40814 \begin_inset space ~
40817 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40822 dialog when changing the document class.
40825 \begin_layout Standard
40828 External Applications
40830 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40831 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40832 manuals of the applications.
40833 Currently the following commands can be set:
40836 \begin_layout Description
40841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40849 \begin_inset space ~
40852 command Command for the program
40856 that is described in section
40867 \begin_layout Description
40872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40883 command Command for the program
40887 that generates the bibliography, see section
40888 \begin_inset space ~
40892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40894 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40901 \begin_layout Description
40903 \begin_inset space ~
40906 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40907 \begin_inset space ~
40911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40913 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40920 \begin_layout Description
40922 \begin_inset space ~
40926 \begin_inset space ~
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40934 \begin_inset space ~
40937 options They only have an effect when the program
40941 is used as DVI-viewer.
40944 \begin_layout Subsection
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40968 \begin_layout Standard
40973 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40976 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40978 uses the Windows path style:
40981 \begin_layout Standard
40989 \begin_layout Standard
40990 instead of the Unix path style:
40993 \begin_layout Standard
40997 \begin_layout Section
41002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41011 \begin_layout Standard
41012 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41013 from one format to another.
41014 You can modify them or create new ones.
41015 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41022 \begin_inset space ~
41032 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41036 \begin_inset space ~
41041 drop-down list, modify the
41045 field, and press the
41052 \begin_layout Standard
41055 Converter File Cache
41057 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41060 Maximum Age (in days
41063 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41064 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41067 \begin_layout Standard
41068 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41069 the converter definition, is described in section
41080 \begin_layout Section
41085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41094 name "sec:File-Formats"
41101 \begin_layout Standard
41102 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41103 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41105 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_layout Standard
41126 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41127 is described in section
41138 \begin_layout Section
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41154 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41155 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41156 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41157 This is done by a Copier.
41160 \begin_layout Standard
41161 More about converters is described in section
41172 \begin_layout Chapter
41173 Units available in LyX
41177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41186 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41197 reference "cap:Units"
41201 explains all units available in LyX.
41204 \begin_layout Standard
41205 \begin_inset Float table
41211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 \begin_inset Caption
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41230 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41238 \begin_inset Tabular
41239 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 scaled point (65536
41394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41454 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41509 % of original image width
41516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41723 \begin_layout Chapter
41725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41734 \begin_layout Standard
41735 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41736 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41739 \begin_layout Itemize
41742 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41745 \begin_layout Itemize
41751 \begin_layout Itemize
41757 \begin_layout Itemize
41763 \begin_layout Itemize
41769 \begin_layout Itemize
41775 \begin_layout Itemize
41781 \begin_layout Itemize
41787 \begin_layout Itemize
41790 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41793 \begin_layout Itemize
41799 \begin_layout Itemize
41805 \begin_layout Itemize
41811 \begin_layout Itemize
41817 \begin_layout Itemize
41823 \begin_layout Itemize
41829 \begin_layout Itemize
41835 \begin_layout Itemize
41841 \begin_layout Itemize
41843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41852 \begin_layout Standard
41853 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41856 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41863 \begin_layout Bibliography
41864 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41865 LatexCommand bibitem
41872 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41875 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41880 \begin_inset Newline newline
41884 \begin_inset Flex URL
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41889 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41897 \begin_layout Bibliography
41898 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41899 LatexCommand bibitem
41900 key "latexcompanion"
41904 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41906 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41909 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41912 \begin_layout Bibliography
41913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41914 LatexCommand bibitem
41919 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41922 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41925 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41928 \begin_layout Bibliography
41929 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41930 LatexCommand bibitem
41937 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41940 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41943 \begin_layout Bibliography
41944 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41945 LatexCommand bibitem
41957 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41960 \begin_layout Bibliography
41961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41962 LatexCommand bibitem
41968 \begin_inset Newline newline
41972 \begin_inset Flex URL
41975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41985 \begin_layout Bibliography
41986 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41987 LatexCommand bibitem
41993 \begin_inset Newline newline
41997 \begin_inset Flex URL
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42010 \begin_layout Bibliography
42011 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42012 LatexCommand bibitem
42018 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42020 name "Documentation"
42021 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42030 \begin_inset Newline newline
42034 \begin_inset Flex URL
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42047 \begin_layout Bibliography
42048 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42049 LatexCommand bibitem
42055 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42057 name "Documentation"
42058 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42067 \begin_inset Newline newline
42071 \begin_inset Flex URL
42074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42076 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42084 \begin_layout Bibliography
42085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42086 LatexCommand bibitem
42092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42094 name "Documentation"
42095 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42099 of the LaTeX-package
42107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42114 \begin_inset Newline newline
42118 \begin_inset Flex URL
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42123 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42131 \begin_layout Bibliography
42132 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42133 LatexCommand bibitem
42139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42141 name "Documentation"
42142 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42146 of the LaTeX-package
42154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42161 \begin_inset Newline newline
42165 \begin_inset Flex URL
42168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42170 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42178 \begin_layout Bibliography
42179 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42180 LatexCommand bibitem
42188 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42190 name "Documentation"
42191 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42197 of the LaTeX-package
42205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42206 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42212 \begin_inset Newline newline
42216 \begin_inset Flex URL
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42229 \begin_layout Bibliography
42230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42231 LatexCommand bibitem
42237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42239 name "Documentation"
42240 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42244 of the LaTeX-package
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42259 \begin_inset Newline newline
42263 \begin_inset Flex URL
42266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42268 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42276 \begin_layout Bibliography
42277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42278 LatexCommand bibitem
42284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42286 name "Documentation"
42287 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42291 of the LaTeX-package
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42306 \begin_inset Newline newline
42310 \begin_inset Flex URL
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42323 \begin_layout Bibliography
42324 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42325 LatexCommand bibitem
42331 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42333 name "Documentation"
42334 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42338 of the LaTeX-package
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42347 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42353 \begin_inset Newline newline
42357 \begin_inset Flex URL
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42362 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42370 \begin_layout Bibliography
42371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42372 LatexCommand bibitem
42378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42381 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42385 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42386 \begin_inset Newline newline
42390 \begin_inset Flex URL
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42403 \begin_layout Bibliography
42404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42405 LatexCommand bibitem
42411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42418 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42419 \begin_inset Newline newline
42423 \begin_inset Flex URL
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42436 \begin_layout Bibliography
42437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42438 LatexCommand bibitem
42444 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42447 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42451 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42452 \begin_inset Newline newline
42456 \begin_inset Flex URL
42459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42461 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42469 \begin_layout Bibliography
42470 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42471 LatexCommand bibitem
42477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42480 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42484 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42485 \begin_inset Newline newline
42489 \begin_inset Flex URL
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42494 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42502 \begin_layout Bibliography
42503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42504 LatexCommand bibitem
42510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42513 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42517 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42518 \begin_inset Newline newline
42522 \begin_inset Flex URL
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42535 \begin_layout Bibliography
42536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42537 LatexCommand bibitem
42543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42550 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42551 \begin_inset Newline newline
42555 \begin_inset Flex URL
42558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42568 \begin_layout Bibliography
42569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42570 LatexCommand bibitem
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42579 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42583 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42584 \begin_inset Newline newline
42588 \begin_inset Flex URL
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42601 \begin_layout Bibliography
42602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42603 LatexCommand bibitem
42609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42612 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42616 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42617 \begin_inset Newline newline
42621 \begin_inset Flex URL
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42626 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42634 \begin_layout Bibliography
42635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42636 LatexCommand bibitem
42642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42645 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42649 about new features in
42654 \begin_inset Newline newline
42658 \begin_inset Flex URL
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42671 \begin_layout Standard
42672 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42706 \begin_inset Note Note
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42717 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42718 bibliography is the second one:
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42728 LatexCommand bibtex
42729 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42730 options "biblio/alphadin"
42737 \begin_layout Standard
42738 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42741 \begin_layout Standard
42744 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42745 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42750 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42751 LatexCommand printindex